1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type
;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno
;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab
*got_entries
;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
150 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count
;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count
;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count
;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
192 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
209 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx
;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type
;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
403 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
474 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
491 asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
501 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
506 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
714 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
715 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
716 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
717 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
718 0x00000000, /* nop */
719 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
723 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
724 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
725 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
726 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
727 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
728 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
729 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
730 0x00000000, /* nop */
731 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
735 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
736 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
737 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
738 0x00000000, /* nop */
739 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
740 0x00000000, /* nop */
741 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
746 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
747 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
748 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
751 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
753 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
754 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
755 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
758 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
760 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
761 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
763 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
766 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
768 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
769 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
771 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
772 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
774 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
775 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
778 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
780 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
781 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
783 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
787 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
789 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
790 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
792 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
795 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
797 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
798 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
799 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
802 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
804 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
807 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
809 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
811 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
812 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
813 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
817 /* Set local fields. */
818 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
819 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
820 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
822 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
823 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
824 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
826 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
827 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
828 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
829 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
831 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
832 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
835 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
839 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
841 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
843 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
844 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
846 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
849 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
852 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
855 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
856 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
859 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
860 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
863 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
866 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
867 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
869 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
870 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
873 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
874 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
877 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
878 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
880 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
882 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
883 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
887 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
888 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
889 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
891 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
892 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
896 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
897 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
898 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
899 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
900 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
901 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
903 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
904 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
905 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
906 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
907 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
917 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
919 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
920 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
921 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
922 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
923 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
924 free (debug
->external_sym
);
925 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_opt
);
927 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_aux
);
929 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
931 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
933 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
934 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
935 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
936 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
937 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
938 free (debug
->external_ext
);
942 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
945 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
947 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
948 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
949 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
950 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
951 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
954 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
955 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
957 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
960 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
963 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
965 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
967 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
968 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
970 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
972 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
973 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
978 unsigned long sindex
;
982 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
990 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
992 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
996 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
998 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1002 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1005 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1006 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1010 size
= sizeof (char *);
1011 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1015 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1016 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1017 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1021 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1024 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1025 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1028 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1031 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1032 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1034 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1035 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1036 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1037 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1038 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1039 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1040 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1041 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1042 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1043 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1045 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1046 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1050 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1051 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1052 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1055 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1062 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1064 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1065 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1066 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1067 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1069 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1070 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1071 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1073 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1075 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1077 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1079 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1080 matters, but someday it might). */
1081 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1110 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1114 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1115 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1117 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1118 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1120 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1121 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1123 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1124 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1125 being included in the link. */
1126 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1127 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1128 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1129 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1132 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1133 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1135 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1136 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1137 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1138 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1139 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1140 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1141 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1144 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1145 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1147 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1148 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1149 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1150 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1151 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1152 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1153 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1159 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1160 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1163 The format of these instructions is:
1165 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1166 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1167 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1169 +-----------------------------------------------+
1171 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1172 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1174 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1175 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1176 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1177 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1178 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1179 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1180 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1181 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1182 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1183 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1186 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1187 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1188 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1189 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1190 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1191 value as two 16-bit values.
1193 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1197 +--------+----------------------+
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1204 +----------+------+-------------+
1208 +----------+--------------------+
1209 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1210 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1212 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1213 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1214 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1215 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1216 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1218 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1219 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1221 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1222 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1223 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1224 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1227 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1230 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1231 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1232 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1234 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1235 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1236 little-endian system.
1238 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1239 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1240 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1241 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1245 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1246 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1248 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1250 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1251 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1254 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1255 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1256 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1257 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1260 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1261 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1263 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1266 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1267 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1268 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1272 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1273 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1275 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1277 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1278 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1281 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1282 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1286 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1287 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1288 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1292 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1298 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1299 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1301 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1302 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1305 bfd_reloc_status_type
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1307 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1308 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1312 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1314 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1317 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1319 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1320 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1322 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1323 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1325 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1326 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1328 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1330 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1331 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1332 an external symbol. */
1334 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1335 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1337 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1339 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1341 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1342 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1346 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1349 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1351 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1354 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1355 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1356 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1361 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1363 asection
*input_section
;
1367 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1369 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1371 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1372 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1373 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1375 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1376 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1377 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1378 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1380 bfd_reloc_status_type
1381 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1382 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1383 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1384 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1386 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1388 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1389 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1391 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1395 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1397 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1398 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1401 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1402 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1404 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1407 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1408 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1409 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1411 bfd_reloc_status_type
1412 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1413 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1414 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1416 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1417 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1418 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1419 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1420 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1421 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1428 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1429 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1430 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1432 bfd_reloc_status_type
1433 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1434 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1435 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1438 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1440 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1441 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1443 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1445 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1446 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1449 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1451 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1452 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1454 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1456 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1457 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1458 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1459 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1460 has a rightshift of 0. */
1461 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1462 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1464 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1465 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1466 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1468 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1469 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1471 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1474 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1478 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1479 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1483 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1484 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1485 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1487 bfd_reloc_status_type
1488 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1489 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1490 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1491 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1494 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1495 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1497 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1499 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1500 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1502 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1504 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1506 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1507 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1508 offset or address. */
1509 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1510 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1515 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1516 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1517 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1518 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1520 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1521 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1522 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1526 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1527 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1528 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1529 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1530 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1531 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1534 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1536 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1537 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1539 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1540 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1542 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1547 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1552 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1554 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1557 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1558 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1561 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1564 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1565 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1569 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1570 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1572 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1573 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1577 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1578 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1580 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1581 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1582 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1583 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1589 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1590 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1594 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1595 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1596 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1597 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1603 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1604 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1605 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1608 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1611 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1612 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1613 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1614 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1615 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1616 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1621 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1631 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1632 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1633 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1634 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1635 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1638 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1639 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1641 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1642 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1643 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1644 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1645 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1646 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1647 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1651 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1652 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1654 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1655 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1656 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1657 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1660 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1663 /* Swap in an options header. */
1666 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1667 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1669 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1670 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1671 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1672 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1675 /* Swap out an options header. */
1678 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1679 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1681 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1682 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1683 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1684 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1687 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1688 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1691 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1693 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1696 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1697 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1699 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1702 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1705 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1710 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1712 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1713 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1714 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1715 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1717 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1718 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1725 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1726 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1727 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1728 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1729 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1730 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1731 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1732 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1733 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1734 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1735 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1736 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1737 when generating a final executable. */
1740 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1742 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1744 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1746 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1747 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1749 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1751 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1752 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1753 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1754 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1755 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1757 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1758 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1759 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1760 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1761 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1769 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1772 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1773 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1774 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1775 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1776 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1777 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1779 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1780 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1784 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1786 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1787 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1788 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1790 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1791 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1792 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1794 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1796 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1797 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1798 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1799 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1801 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1803 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1804 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1805 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1808 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1810 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1811 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1812 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1817 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1818 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1820 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1821 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1822 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1823 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1826 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1828 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1829 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1830 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1831 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1832 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1833 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1834 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1835 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1836 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1837 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1838 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1839 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1840 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1841 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1842 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1843 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1844 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1846 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1850 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1851 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1854 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1855 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1856 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1857 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1859 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1860 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1861 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1864 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1865 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1866 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1868 + sec
->output_offset
1869 + output_section
->vma
);
1871 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1873 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1875 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1876 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1878 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1880 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1881 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1886 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1887 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1888 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1890 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1893 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1894 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1895 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1896 + sec
->output_offset
1897 + output_section
->vma
);
1899 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1904 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1905 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1908 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1915 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1918 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1920 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1921 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1923 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1926 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1928 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1931 static INLINE hashval_t
1932 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1935 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1941 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1942 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1946 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1948 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1950 return entry
->symndx
1951 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1952 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1954 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1955 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1959 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1961 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1962 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1964 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1965 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1968 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1969 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1970 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1971 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1974 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1975 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1976 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1980 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1984 return entry
->symndx
1986 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1987 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1988 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1989 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1991 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1992 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1996 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1998 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1999 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2001 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2002 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2005 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2006 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2009 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2010 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2011 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2012 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2013 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2016 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2017 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2018 if creation fails. */
2021 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2027 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2028 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2029 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2030 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2032 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2037 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2040 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2041 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2047 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2050 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2052 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2054 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2059 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2060 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2063 static struct mips_got_info
*
2064 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2067 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2069 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2070 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2071 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2072 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2073 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2076 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2081 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2082 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2086 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2087 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2091 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2092 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2094 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2095 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2098 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2100 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2101 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2107 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2114 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2117 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2123 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2124 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2127 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2129 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2130 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2133 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2138 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2139 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2142 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2145 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2146 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2148 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2150 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2156 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2157 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2160 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2163 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2164 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2166 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2171 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2180 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2182 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2184 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2185 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2187 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2189 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2190 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2192 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2196 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2198 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2199 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2202 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2205 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2206 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2207 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2212 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2213 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2215 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2217 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2218 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2223 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2225 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2226 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2227 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2230 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2233 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2235 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2236 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2239 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2240 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2241 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2242 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2243 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2245 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2246 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2248 /* General Dynamic. */
2249 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2251 offset
= got_offset
;
2252 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2256 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2257 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2258 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2259 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2262 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2263 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2264 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2265 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2267 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2268 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2272 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2273 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2274 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2275 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2278 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2281 /* Initial Exec model. */
2282 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2284 offset
= got_offset
;
2289 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2290 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2292 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2293 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2295 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2296 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2297 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2298 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2301 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2302 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2305 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2307 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2308 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2309 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2310 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2311 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2315 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2317 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2318 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2319 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2320 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2323 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2326 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2327 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2328 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2329 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2332 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2333 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2336 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2337 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2339 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2341 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2343 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2344 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2345 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2350 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2352 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2356 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2358 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2365 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2366 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2367 will be negative. */
2370 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2373 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2374 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2376 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2377 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2379 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2380 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2382 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2383 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2384 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2387 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2388 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2389 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2390 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2392 return got_address
- got_value
;
2395 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from
2396 a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT
2397 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2398 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2399 offset can be found. */
2402 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2403 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2404 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2408 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2409 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2411 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2413 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2414 input_section
, value
,
2415 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2419 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2421 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2422 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2423 hash table entry to track the index. */
2424 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2425 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2427 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2428 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2431 return entry
->gotidx
;
2434 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2437 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2438 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2442 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2443 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2445 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2446 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2448 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2450 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2452 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2453 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2457 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2460 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2462 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2464 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2466 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2467 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2469 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2470 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2471 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2472 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2474 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2475 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2482 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2483 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2485 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2488 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2489 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2491 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2493 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2494 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2495 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2496 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2498 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2499 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2503 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2504 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2505 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2507 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2508 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2509 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2511 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2516 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was
2517 calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries
2518 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within
2519 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry
2520 could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2521 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2524 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2525 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2528 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2529 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2530 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2532 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2534 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2535 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2536 input_section
, page
, 0,
2537 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2542 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2545 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2550 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE,
2551 which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION.
2552 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2553 that has been forced local. */
2556 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2557 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2558 bfd_boolean external
)
2561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2562 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2564 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2565 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2566 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2567 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2569 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2571 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2573 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2574 input_section
, value
, 0,
2575 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2577 return entry
->gotidx
;
2582 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2586 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2587 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2591 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2593 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2594 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2595 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2597 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2600 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2601 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2602 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2605 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2606 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2607 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2608 asection
*sgot
, asection
*input_section
,
2609 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2613 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2614 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2617 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2621 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2624 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2627 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2628 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2631 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2632 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2633 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2634 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2635 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2636 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2638 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2641 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2643 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2649 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2655 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2656 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2662 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2667 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2670 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2675 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2677 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2679 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2680 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2681 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2682 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2683 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2687 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2688 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2690 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because
2691 the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be
2692 against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol.
2693 The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output
2694 section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */
2695 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2697 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2698 asection
*s
, *output_section
;
2700 bfd_vma got_address
;
2703 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2704 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2705 dynindx
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->dynindx
;
2706 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2707 + sgot
->output_offset
2710 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2711 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2712 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
2713 outrel
.r_addend
= value
- output_section
->vma
;
2714 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2720 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2721 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2722 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2723 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2724 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2725 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2728 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2730 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2731 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2734 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2736 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2739 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2740 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2741 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2742 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2743 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2744 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2745 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2746 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2747 too large offsets. */
2748 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2749 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2750 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2751 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2752 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2755 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2756 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2757 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2758 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2759 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2761 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2762 table index in the GOT. */
2763 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2768 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2769 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2773 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2775 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2777 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2778 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2780 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2782 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2785 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2786 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2787 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2789 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2791 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2793 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2794 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2795 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2797 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2798 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2801 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2803 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2804 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2810 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2811 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2815 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2816 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2817 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2818 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2820 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2822 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2824 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2826 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2830 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2833 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2837 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2838 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2842 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2845 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2848 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2849 need to do it again. */
2852 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2856 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2862 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2864 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2866 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2869 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2870 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2871 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2878 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2879 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2882 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2883 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2884 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2886 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2889 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2890 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2891 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2892 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2893 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2897 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2900 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2902 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2905 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2913 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2914 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2916 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2918 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2920 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2926 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2930 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2935 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2940 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2943 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2945 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2946 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2948 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2951 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2954 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2956 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2957 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2958 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2959 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2961 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2964 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2965 be the master GOT data. */
2967 static struct mips_got_info
*
2968 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2970 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2976 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2977 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2980 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2981 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2985 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2987 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2988 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2989 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2990 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2991 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2994 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2996 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2997 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2998 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3004 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3005 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3015 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3016 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3017 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3024 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3025 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3027 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3029 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3030 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3031 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3032 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3033 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3043 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3044 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3045 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3050 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3052 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3054 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3057 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3065 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3066 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3067 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3068 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3069 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3070 and then make make the new got current. */
3073 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3075 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3076 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3077 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3078 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3079 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3080 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3081 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3082 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3084 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3085 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3086 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3087 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3090 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3091 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
3092 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (arg
->info
))
3093 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3096 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3097 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3098 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3099 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3101 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3102 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3104 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3105 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3106 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3107 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3108 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3110 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3111 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3112 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3113 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3115 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3117 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3118 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3120 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3123 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3124 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3125 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3128 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3129 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3130 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3132 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3133 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3135 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3136 else if (arg
->current
3137 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3139 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3140 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3141 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3142 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3144 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3146 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3147 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3149 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3152 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3154 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3156 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3158 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3159 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3161 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3162 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3163 overflows anyway. */
3166 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3167 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3169 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3175 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3176 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3179 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3181 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3185 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3186 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3189 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3191 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3193 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3194 hash table entry to track its index. */
3195 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3197 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3198 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3202 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3204 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3205 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3206 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3207 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3209 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3212 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3214 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3217 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3218 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3219 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3220 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3221 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3226 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3227 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3228 got) to the given VALUE.
3230 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3231 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3232 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3233 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3234 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3235 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3236 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3237 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3240 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3242 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3243 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3244 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3245 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3247 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3248 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3249 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3250 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3252 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3253 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3254 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3258 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3260 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3261 if (arg
->info
->shared
3262 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3263 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3264 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3265 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3268 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3274 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3275 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3277 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3279 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3281 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3282 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3283 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3284 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3289 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3290 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3291 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3292 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3293 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3294 the traversal must be restarted. */
3296 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3298 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3299 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3301 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3305 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3306 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3307 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3309 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3314 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3315 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3316 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3318 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3319 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3322 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3323 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3325 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3328 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3329 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3335 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3338 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3344 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3346 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3347 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3350 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3353 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3356 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3358 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3361 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3369 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3370 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3373 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3374 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3377 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3378 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3379 bfd_size_type pages
)
3381 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3382 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3383 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3384 unsigned int assign
;
3386 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3387 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3388 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3391 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3392 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3393 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3395 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3396 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3397 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3398 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3402 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3403 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3404 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3405 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3406 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3407 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3408 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3409 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3410 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3412 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3414 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3415 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3416 to be the primary GOT. */
3417 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3418 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3421 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3422 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3424 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3425 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3426 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3429 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3430 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3431 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3432 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3433 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3434 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3435 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3436 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3437 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3439 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3441 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3444 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3445 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3447 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3451 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3452 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3453 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3454 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3457 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3460 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3461 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3468 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3470 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3474 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3475 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3476 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3479 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3480 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3481 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3482 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3483 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3484 follows IRIX's practice.
3486 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3487 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3488 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3489 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3493 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3494 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3495 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3499 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3500 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3501 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3502 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3503 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3504 their entries can be omitted. */
3505 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3506 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3509 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3510 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3511 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3512 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3513 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3514 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3515 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3516 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3517 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3520 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3521 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3522 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3523 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3524 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3525 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3526 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3527 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3528 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3529 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3530 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3531 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3532 points back to the master GOT. */
3533 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3534 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3541 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3543 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3544 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3545 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3546 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3548 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3549 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3550 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3555 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3556 all non-TLS entries. */
3557 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3558 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3560 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3563 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3566 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3570 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3571 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3572 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3578 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3579 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3581 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3582 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3584 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3586 while (relocation
< relend
)
3588 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
3594 /* We didn't find it. */
3595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3599 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3602 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3603 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3604 asection
**local_sections
,
3605 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3607 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3608 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3609 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3612 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3613 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3614 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3616 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3618 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3623 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3624 was forced local. */
3625 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3626 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3627 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3628 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3629 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3630 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3631 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3638 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3641 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3643 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3644 /* VALUE is negative. */
3645 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3650 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3651 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3655 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3657 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3659 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3660 /* The value is too big. */
3662 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3663 /* The value is too small. */
3670 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3673 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3675 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3678 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3681 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3684 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3691 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3694 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3697 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3704 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3707 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3708 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3711 register asection
*s
;
3713 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3715 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3718 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3720 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3721 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3724 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3730 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3733 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3734 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3737 register asection
*s
;
3738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3739 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3740 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3744 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3746 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3747 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3750 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3751 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3755 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3756 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3759 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3761 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3762 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3763 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3765 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3768 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3769 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3770 are not creating a global offset table. */
3772 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3773 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3774 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3777 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3780 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3781 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3784 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3787 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3788 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3791 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3792 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3794 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3795 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3798 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3799 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3800 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3801 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3803 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3804 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3805 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3807 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3808 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3810 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3811 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3812 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3813 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3821 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3822 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3823 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3826 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3828 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3830 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3831 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3834 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3835 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3836 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3838 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3839 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3840 relocation must be JALX.
3842 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3843 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3844 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3845 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3847 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3848 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3849 asection
*input_section
,
3850 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3851 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3852 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3853 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3854 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3855 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3856 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3858 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3860 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3863 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3864 shared object file being produced. */
3865 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3866 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3869 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3870 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3871 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3872 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3873 during execution. */
3874 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3875 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3877 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3878 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3879 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3881 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3882 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3883 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3884 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3885 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3886 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3887 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3889 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3891 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3892 relocation value. */
3893 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3894 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3895 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3896 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3899 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3900 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3902 /* Parse the relocation. */
3903 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3904 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3905 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3906 + input_section
->output_offset
3907 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3909 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3910 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3912 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3913 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3914 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3915 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3916 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3917 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3918 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3919 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3922 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3923 must come before globals. */
3927 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3930 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3932 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3933 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3935 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3936 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3937 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3938 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3939 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3940 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3942 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3944 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3947 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3948 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3951 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3952 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3953 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3956 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3958 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3962 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3964 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3965 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3966 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3967 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3968 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3969 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3970 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3972 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3973 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3975 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3976 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3977 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3978 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3980 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3981 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3982 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3983 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3984 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3988 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3989 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3990 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3991 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3994 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3995 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3996 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3998 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3999 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4000 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4002 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4003 if (sec
->output_section
)
4004 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4005 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4006 + sec
->output_offset
);
4008 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4010 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4011 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4012 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4013 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4016 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4017 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4019 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4020 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4022 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4023 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4024 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4025 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4026 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4028 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4029 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4032 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4034 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4035 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4036 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4037 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4038 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4039 which is available from here:
4040 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4045 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4046 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4047 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4048 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4049 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4050 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4054 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4057 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4058 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4060 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4061 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4062 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4063 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4064 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4066 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4067 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4070 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4073 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4077 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4078 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4079 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4081 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4082 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4083 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4085 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4086 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4088 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4089 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
4091 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4096 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4098 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
4099 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
4101 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4108 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4111 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4113 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4114 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4117 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4118 special jalx instruction. */
4119 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4120 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4121 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4123 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4124 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4126 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4127 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4130 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4131 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4132 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4134 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4135 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4141 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4142 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4143 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4144 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4145 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4147 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4148 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4149 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4150 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4152 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4153 sec
, 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4155 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4159 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4160 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4161 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4162 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4163 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4164 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4166 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4167 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4168 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4172 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4173 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4174 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4176 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4177 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4178 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4179 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4180 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4182 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4183 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4185 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4186 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4187 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4188 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4189 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4193 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4194 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4195 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4199 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4200 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4202 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4205 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4206 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4211 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4212 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4213 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4216 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4217 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4218 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4220 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4231 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4232 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4233 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4235 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4239 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4240 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4242 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4243 + input_section
->output_offset
4244 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4245 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4246 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4247 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4249 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4252 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4256 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4259 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4260 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4267 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4268 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4270 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4271 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4273 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4275 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4276 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4277 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4278 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4281 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4282 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4283 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4285 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4293 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4297 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4298 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4302 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4306 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4307 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4311 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4312 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4313 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4314 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4315 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4318 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4321 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4322 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4323 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4325 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4328 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4329 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4333 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4334 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4337 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4338 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4342 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4343 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4350 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4351 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4355 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4356 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4357 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4361 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4362 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4363 both reloc addends by 4. */
4364 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4365 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4367 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4368 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4375 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4378 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4379 for this conditional. */
4380 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4381 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4383 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4384 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4385 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4386 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4387 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4390 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4391 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4394 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4395 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4396 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4397 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4398 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4399 not check for overflow here. */
4403 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4404 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4405 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4406 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4411 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4412 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4413 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4414 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4415 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4416 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4417 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4418 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4419 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4420 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4421 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4422 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4423 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4424 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4425 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4426 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4430 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4435 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4436 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4437 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4441 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4442 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4443 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4444 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4445 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4446 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4448 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4449 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4456 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4457 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4458 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4461 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4464 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4465 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4467 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4471 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4472 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4473 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4474 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4477 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4478 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4479 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4480 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4481 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4483 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4484 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4487 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4488 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4489 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4492 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4493 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4494 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4498 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4499 symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4500 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4501 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4502 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4503 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4506 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4508 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4509 symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4512 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4516 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4517 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4521 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4522 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4525 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4526 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4527 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4530 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4531 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4532 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4536 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4537 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4538 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4539 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4540 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4541 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4545 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4546 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4547 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4548 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4551 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4552 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4555 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4557 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4560 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4563 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4564 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4565 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4568 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4570 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4571 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4576 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4577 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4578 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4579 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4580 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4581 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4583 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4586 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4587 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4588 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4589 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4590 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4591 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4595 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4597 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4598 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4600 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4602 /* Obtain the current value. */
4603 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4605 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4606 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4608 /* Set the field. */
4609 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4611 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4615 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4616 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4618 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4619 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4621 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4626 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4630 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4633 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4634 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4637 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4638 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4642 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4643 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4646 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4647 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4648 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4649 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4650 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4651 && !info
->relocatable
4653 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4654 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4660 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4661 + input_section
->output_offset
4662 + relocation
->r_offset
4664 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4665 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4669 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4670 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4673 /* Put the value into the output. */
4674 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4676 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4682 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4685 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4687 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4689 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4690 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4691 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4694 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4697 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4701 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4703 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4704 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4705 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4707 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4708 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4713 /* Make room for a null element. */
4714 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4717 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4721 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4722 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4723 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4724 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4727 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4728 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4729 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4730 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4731 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4732 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4734 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4739 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4742 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4743 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4744 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4745 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4746 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4747 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4751 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4752 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4753 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4754 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4755 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4756 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4758 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4759 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4762 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4764 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4765 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4766 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4771 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4772 in the relocation. */
4774 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4775 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4777 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4778 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4779 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4781 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4782 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4783 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4784 undefined symbols. */
4789 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4791 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4793 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4798 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4803 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4804 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4805 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4806 local symbols because we used to generate them
4807 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4808 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4809 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4810 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4811 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4812 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4814 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4815 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4816 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4817 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4818 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4823 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4824 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4825 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4826 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4827 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4830 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4831 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4832 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4834 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4835 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4836 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4839 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4840 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4841 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4842 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4843 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4844 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4845 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4846 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4847 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4848 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4849 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4850 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4851 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4852 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4855 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4857 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4858 correct location in the output file. */
4859 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4860 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4861 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4862 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4863 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4864 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4866 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4867 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4868 relocation format is non-standard. */
4869 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4871 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4872 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4874 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4876 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4878 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4879 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4880 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4881 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4883 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4886 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4887 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4888 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4890 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4891 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4893 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4894 will be writing to it. */
4895 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4898 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4899 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4901 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4906 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4908 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4909 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4910 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4911 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4912 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4913 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4915 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4916 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4917 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4919 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4920 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4921 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4922 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4923 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4924 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4925 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4929 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4930 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4932 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4933 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4938 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4941 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4943 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4945 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4946 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4948 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4949 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4951 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4952 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4954 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4955 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4957 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4958 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4960 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4961 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4963 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4964 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4966 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4967 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4969 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4970 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4972 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4973 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4976 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4980 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4983 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4986 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4989 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4992 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4994 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4995 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4997 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4998 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5000 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5001 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5003 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5004 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5011 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5013 static INLINE
char *
5014 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5018 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5019 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5022 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5024 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5028 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5030 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5032 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5034 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5037 return "unknown abi";
5041 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5042 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5043 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5044 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5045 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5046 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5047 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5048 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5050 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5051 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5052 definition in a shared library. */
5053 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5054 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5055 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5057 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5058 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5061 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5063 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5065 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5066 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5068 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5069 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5070 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5071 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5072 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5073 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5074 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5076 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5077 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5078 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5079 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5080 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5081 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5082 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5083 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5084 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5085 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5087 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5091 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5092 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5093 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5094 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5097 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5098 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5100 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5101 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5102 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5103 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5104 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5105 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5106 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5107 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5108 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5109 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5111 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5112 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5115 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5116 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5121 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5123 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5124 if (section
!= NULL
)
5126 asym
->section
= section
;
5127 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5128 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5129 base address to make it an offset. */
5130 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5137 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5139 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5140 if (section
!= NULL
)
5142 asym
->section
= section
;
5143 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5144 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5145 base address to make it an offset. */
5146 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5153 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5154 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5156 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5157 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5158 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5159 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5160 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5162 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5163 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5164 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5165 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5167 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5168 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5169 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5170 We therefore take the following approach:
5172 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5173 determine the pointer size.
5175 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5176 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5180 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5181 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5182 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5183 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5184 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5186 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5187 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5191 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5193 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5195 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5197 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5199 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5200 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5201 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5208 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5209 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5210 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5219 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5220 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5221 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5223 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5224 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5227 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5228 will jump there rather than to .text.
5230 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5231 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5234 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5236 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5239 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5240 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5241 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5245 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5247 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5248 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5252 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5253 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5256 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5259 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5260 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5264 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5265 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5266 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5267 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5269 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5271 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5272 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5273 so that we don't have to read them again.
5274 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5275 through the section contents to see if there is an
5276 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5278 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5280 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5281 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5283 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5285 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5287 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5289 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5290 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5291 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5294 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5301 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5302 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5305 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5306 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5309 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5316 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5317 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5320 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5321 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5328 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5330 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5332 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5333 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5334 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5336 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5337 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5339 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5341 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5342 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5344 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5346 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5347 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5349 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5352 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5354 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5356 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5358 unsigned int adjust
;
5360 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5362 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5370 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5371 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5372 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5374 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5378 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5379 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5385 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5386 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5387 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5388 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5389 probably get away with this. */
5390 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5392 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5393 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5397 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5400 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5401 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5404 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5405 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5408 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5409 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5412 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5413 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5415 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5417 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5418 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5419 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5421 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5423 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5424 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5427 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5428 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5431 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5432 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5435 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5436 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5439 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5440 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5443 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5444 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5445 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5446 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5453 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5458 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5459 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5465 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5467 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5468 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5469 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5470 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5471 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5473 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5476 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5477 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5479 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5480 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5483 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5484 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5485 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5486 they should agree. */
5487 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5489 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5491 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5492 if (contents
== NULL
)
5494 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5501 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5502 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5504 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5506 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5508 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5510 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5511 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5512 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5515 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5517 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5519 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5521 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5522 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5524 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5526 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5528 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5530 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5532 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5533 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5535 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5545 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5546 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5547 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5550 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5552 register const char *name
;
5553 unsigned int sh_type
;
5555 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5556 sh_type
= hdr
->sh_type
;
5558 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5560 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5561 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5562 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5564 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5565 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5566 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5568 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5569 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5570 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5572 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5573 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5574 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5576 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5577 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5578 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5579 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5580 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5582 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5584 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5586 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5587 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5588 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5589 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5591 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5592 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5594 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5597 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5599 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5600 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5601 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5602 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5604 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5605 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5607 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5608 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5611 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5612 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5613 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5614 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5615 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5616 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5617 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5618 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5620 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5621 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5623 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5625 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5626 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5627 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5629 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5631 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5632 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5633 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5635 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5636 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5637 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5639 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5640 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5641 final_write_processing. */
5643 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5644 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5645 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5647 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5648 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5649 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5651 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5653 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5654 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5655 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5658 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
5659 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
5660 "--only-keep-debug" option. */
5661 if (sec
->size
> 0 && !(sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5662 hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
5664 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5665 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5666 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5667 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5668 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5673 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5674 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5675 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5676 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5677 the .scommon section. */
5680 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5681 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5683 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5685 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5688 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5690 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5696 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5697 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5700 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5701 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5702 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5703 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5705 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5706 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5707 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5709 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5714 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5715 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5716 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5717 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5718 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5719 is not done for them. */
5721 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5722 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5728 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5731 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5732 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5733 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5734 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5737 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5738 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5739 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5740 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5744 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5745 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5747 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5748 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5749 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5751 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5752 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5755 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5756 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5757 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5760 /* Initialize the section. */
5762 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5763 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5765 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5766 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5768 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5769 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5770 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5771 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5772 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5773 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5774 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5776 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5777 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5778 so I took it out. */
5779 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5782 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5783 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5785 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5786 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5788 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5789 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5790 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5792 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5793 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5796 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5797 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5798 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5801 /* Initialize the section. */
5803 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5804 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5806 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5807 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5809 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5810 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5811 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5812 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5813 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5814 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5815 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5817 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5818 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5819 so I took it out. */
5820 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5823 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5824 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5828 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5830 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5831 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5833 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5834 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5836 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5838 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5839 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5840 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5843 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5846 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5848 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5851 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5854 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5855 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5856 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5857 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5863 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5864 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5865 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5868 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5869 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5870 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5871 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5873 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5874 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5875 common in the output file. */
5876 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5877 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5878 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5880 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5881 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5886 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5888 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5891 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5893 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5894 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5896 register asection
*s
;
5897 const char * const *namep
;
5898 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5900 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5901 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5902 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5904 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5906 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5908 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5911 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5916 /* We need to create .got section. */
5917 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5920 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5923 /* Create .stub section. */
5924 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5925 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5927 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5928 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5931 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5932 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5936 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5938 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5940 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5941 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5943 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5944 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5948 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5949 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5950 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5951 the linker takes such action. */
5952 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5954 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5957 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5958 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5959 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5962 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5965 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5967 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5971 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5972 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5974 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5978 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5979 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5981 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5982 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5984 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5985 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5987 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5988 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5990 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5991 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5993 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6000 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6002 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6003 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6004 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6007 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6010 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6012 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6015 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6017 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6018 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6019 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6020 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6021 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6022 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6024 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6026 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6027 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6028 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6031 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6034 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6036 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6041 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6043 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6044 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6045 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6048 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6049 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6050 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6051 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6052 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6054 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6059 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6060 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6063 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6066 htab
->plt_header_size
6067 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6068 htab
->plt_entry_size
6069 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6073 htab
->plt_header_size
6074 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6075 htab
->plt_entry_size
6076 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6083 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6084 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6087 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6088 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6093 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6094 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6096 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6097 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6100 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6103 if (info
->relocatable
)
6106 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6107 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6108 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6109 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6110 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6112 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6114 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6115 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6117 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6119 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6122 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6124 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6125 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6129 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6130 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6131 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6132 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6134 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6135 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6137 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6138 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6139 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6140 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
6141 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
6142 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
6143 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6144 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6145 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6149 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6151 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6154 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6155 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6156 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6157 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6160 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6169 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6170 not need it. Since this function is called before
6171 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6172 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6174 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6178 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6180 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6182 unsigned long symcount
;
6186 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6187 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6189 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6190 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6191 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6197 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6199 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6200 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6201 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6202 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6206 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6208 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6209 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6211 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6212 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6213 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6215 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6218 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6221 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6222 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6224 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6225 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6228 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6231 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6233 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6234 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6236 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
6237 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
6238 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
6239 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
6240 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
6241 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6242 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6246 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6247 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6249 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6251 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6252 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6254 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6256 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6257 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6258 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6259 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6260 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
6261 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
6262 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
6263 it is slightly faster to check now. */
6264 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6266 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6271 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6281 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6286 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6287 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6288 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6293 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6294 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6295 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6297 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6298 unsigned int r_type
;
6299 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6301 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6302 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6304 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6306 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6308 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6309 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6316 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6318 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6321 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6322 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6326 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6327 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6333 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6334 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6335 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6336 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6337 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6338 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6339 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6340 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6342 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6344 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6345 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6347 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6348 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6350 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6351 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6352 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6353 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6361 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6362 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6363 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6365 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6366 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6367 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6377 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6379 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6380 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6381 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6382 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6386 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6390 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6393 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6394 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6395 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6396 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6398 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6399 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6400 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6401 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6402 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6403 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6404 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6405 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6406 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6407 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6416 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6417 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6418 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6419 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6424 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6425 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6428 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6429 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6430 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6431 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6432 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6435 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6436 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6437 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6443 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6444 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6445 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6450 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6451 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6453 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6454 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6455 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6456 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6458 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6459 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6460 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6466 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6467 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6468 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6469 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6473 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6475 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6478 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6479 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6487 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6488 for TLS GD relocations. */
6490 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6492 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6497 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6498 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6499 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6501 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6506 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6508 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6509 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6518 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6519 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6520 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6521 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6522 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6526 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6532 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6533 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6534 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6535 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6536 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6537 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6538 relocations against the text segment. */
6539 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6543 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6545 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6546 defined in a dynamic object. */
6547 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6548 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6549 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6550 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6551 are relocations against the text segment. */
6552 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6555 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6556 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6557 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6558 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6559 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6560 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6561 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6564 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6565 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6567 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6568 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6573 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6574 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6575 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6580 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6585 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6588 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6589 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6590 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6591 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6592 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6593 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6596 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6597 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6598 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6599 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6603 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6604 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6605 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6606 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6614 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6615 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6616 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6617 a normal .got entry. */
6618 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6622 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6625 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6626 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6631 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6632 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6633 References from a stub section do not count. */
6635 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6636 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6637 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6638 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6639 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6640 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6641 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6643 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6645 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6646 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6654 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6655 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6658 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6659 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6661 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6663 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6664 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6665 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6667 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6670 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6673 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6674 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6675 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6678 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6679 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6680 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6681 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6683 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6686 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6687 unsigned int r_type
;
6688 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6690 unsigned long instruction
;
6692 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6693 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6694 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6695 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6696 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6699 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6700 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6701 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6704 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6705 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6707 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6708 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6709 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6711 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6713 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6714 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6715 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6716 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6717 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6720 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6721 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6722 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6723 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6724 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6726 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6730 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6732 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6733 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6735 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6736 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6737 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6738 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6740 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6744 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6745 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6747 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6748 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6749 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6750 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6753 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6754 symval
= isym
->st_value
6755 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6756 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6759 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6761 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6762 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6764 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6765 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6770 /* Check that it's in range. */
6771 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6774 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6775 if (contents
== NULL
)
6777 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6778 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6779 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6782 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6787 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6789 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6790 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6791 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6792 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6793 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6794 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6798 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6799 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6800 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6803 if (contents
!= NULL
6804 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6806 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6810 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6811 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6817 if (contents
!= NULL
6818 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6823 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6824 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6825 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6826 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6830 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6831 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6836 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6838 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6839 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6841 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6842 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6844 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6847 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6849 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6850 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6852 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6853 if (! info
->relocatable
6854 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6855 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6856 || !h
->def_regular
))
6858 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6859 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6860 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6861 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6862 against the text segment. */
6863 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6866 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6867 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6870 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6873 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6874 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6875 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6876 executable and the shared library. */
6877 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6879 /* We need .stub section. */
6880 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6881 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6882 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6884 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6885 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6887 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6888 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6890 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6891 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6893 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6894 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6898 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6901 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6902 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6903 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6907 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6908 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6909 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6910 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6912 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6913 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6914 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6915 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6919 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6920 is not a function. */
6925 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
6928 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6932 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6933 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6934 unsigned int power_of_two
;
6936 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6937 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6938 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6940 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6941 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6944 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6947 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6949 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
6950 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
6951 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
6952 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
6954 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
6956 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6957 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
6961 && !h
->forced_local
)
6964 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
6965 the functions directly. */
6966 else if (h
->needs_plt
6967 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6968 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6969 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
6977 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
6978 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
6979 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
6981 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
6983 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
6986 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
6987 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
6988 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
6990 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
6991 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
6992 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
6993 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
6994 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6996 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
6997 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
6999 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7002 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7003 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7004 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7006 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7008 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7013 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7014 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7015 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7020 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7024 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7025 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7026 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7027 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7029 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7030 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7031 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7032 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7036 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7037 is not a function. */
7041 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7042 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7043 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7044 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7045 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7046 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7047 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7048 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7049 same memory location for the variable. */
7051 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7053 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7057 /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */
7058 power_of_two
= bfd_log2 (h
->size
);
7059 if (power_of_two
> 4)
7062 /* Apply the required alignment. */
7063 htab
->sdynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (htab
->sdynbss
->size
,
7064 (bfd_size_type
) 1 << power_of_two
);
7065 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
)
7066 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
, power_of_two
))
7069 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */
7070 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sdynbss
;
7071 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sdynbss
->size
;
7073 /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */
7074 htab
->sdynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
7079 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7080 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7081 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7082 the current linking stage. */
7084 static bfd_size_type
7085 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7087 bfd_size_type count
;
7090 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7093 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7095 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7096 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7097 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7098 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7099 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7105 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7106 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7107 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7110 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7111 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7117 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7119 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7120 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7121 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7123 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7126 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7128 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7129 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7131 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7133 if (! (info
->relocatable
7134 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7135 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7136 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7138 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7140 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7143 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7147 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7148 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7150 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7152 asection
*subsection
;
7154 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7156 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7158 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7160 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7161 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7165 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7166 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7167 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7168 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7170 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7173 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7174 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7176 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7177 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7180 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7181 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7182 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7184 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7185 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7187 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7188 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7189 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7190 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7192 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7193 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7195 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7197 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7198 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7199 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7200 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7203 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7204 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7205 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7207 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7208 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7210 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7211 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7213 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7214 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7215 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7216 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7217 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7218 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7219 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7221 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7222 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7224 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7226 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7227 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7229 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7231 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7236 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7237 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7238 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7244 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7247 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7248 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7251 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7252 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7253 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7255 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7256 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7257 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7259 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7261 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7262 if (info
->executable
)
7264 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7265 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7267 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7269 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7273 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7274 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7278 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7282 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7283 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7284 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7286 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7289 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
7293 const char *outname
;
7296 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7297 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7298 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7299 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7300 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7302 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7304 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7306 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7307 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7308 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7311 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7312 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7313 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7316 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7317 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7318 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7319 will move them around between input sections'
7320 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7321 broken, so don't let it run. */
7322 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7325 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7327 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7330 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7331 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7334 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7335 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7337 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7338 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7341 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
7343 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7344 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7345 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7347 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7348 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7349 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7350 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7354 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7355 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7357 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7358 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7359 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7360 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7361 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7363 unsigned int save_assign
;
7365 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7367 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7368 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7369 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7370 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7371 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7372 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7373 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7374 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7375 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7376 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7377 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7379 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7382 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7383 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7384 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7385 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7386 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7392 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7396 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7398 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7399 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7402 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7406 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7409 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7411 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7412 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7413 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7415 else if (! info
->shared
7416 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7417 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
7419 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7420 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7423 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7424 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
7425 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7426 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0
7427 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7430 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7436 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7440 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7443 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7445 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7451 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7452 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7453 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7455 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7460 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7461 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7463 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7464 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7471 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7473 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7474 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7475 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7476 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
7477 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
7480 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7481 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
7482 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7484 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7486 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7492 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
7493 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7495 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7500 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7501 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7503 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7505 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7508 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7509 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7510 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7511 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7512 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7515 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7518 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7520 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7521 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7522 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7524 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7527 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7530 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7533 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7535 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7538 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7541 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7547 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7549 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7552 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7555 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7559 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7562 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7565 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7568 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7571 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7574 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7577 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7580 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7581 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7584 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7585 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7586 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7587 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7595 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7596 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7597 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7598 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7601 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7602 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7603 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7605 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7606 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7609 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7611 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7612 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7613 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7614 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7615 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7617 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7618 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7621 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7622 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7624 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7625 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7627 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7628 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7631 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7632 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7633 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7637 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7640 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7641 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7642 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7643 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7644 asection
**local_sections
)
7646 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7647 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7649 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7650 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7652 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7653 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7654 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7658 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7659 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7660 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7662 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7663 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7666 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7667 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7669 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7670 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7671 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7672 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7673 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7674 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7675 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7677 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7679 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7683 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
7684 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7685 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7686 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7687 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7690 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7692 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7694 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7695 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7696 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7697 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7698 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7699 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7700 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7701 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7702 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7703 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7704 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7706 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7708 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7709 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7711 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7712 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7714 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7716 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7719 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7721 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7722 combination of the addend stored in two different
7724 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7725 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7726 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7727 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7730 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7731 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7732 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7735 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7736 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7738 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7740 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7741 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7742 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7743 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7746 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7748 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7749 relocation must be immediately following.
7750 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7751 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7752 several relocations for the same address. In
7753 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7754 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7755 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7756 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7759 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7762 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7764 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7765 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7767 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7769 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7770 input_bfd
, contents
);
7771 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7773 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7774 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7775 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7779 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7783 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7786 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7787 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7788 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7791 if (info
->relocatable
)
7793 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7794 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7797 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7799 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7800 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7801 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7802 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7803 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7804 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7805 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7806 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7808 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7810 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7811 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7812 source of the addend in the final link. */
7813 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7815 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7816 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7817 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7818 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7819 but for endianness. */
7825 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7827 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7834 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7835 do two separate stores. */
7836 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7838 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7840 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7846 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7848 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7849 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7850 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7851 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7855 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7856 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7861 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7865 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7866 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7867 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7869 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7870 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7871 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7872 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7874 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7876 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7877 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7878 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7879 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7880 local_sections
, &value
,
7881 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7882 use_saved_addend_p
))
7884 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7885 /* There's nothing to do. */
7888 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7889 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7890 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7891 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7892 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7895 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7896 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7897 info
->callbacks
->warning
7898 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7901 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7902 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7903 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7904 a given location. */
7908 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7909 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7910 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7911 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7924 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7925 until we reach the last one. */
7926 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7932 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7933 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7934 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7935 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7936 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7937 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7938 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7939 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7945 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7947 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7954 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7955 do two separate stores. */
7956 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7958 /* Undo what we did above. */
7960 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7962 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7968 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7970 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7971 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7972 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7973 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7977 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7978 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7979 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7980 contents
, require_jalx
))
7987 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7988 adjust it appropriately now. */
7991 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7992 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7994 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7995 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
7996 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
7999 "__dso_displacement",
8001 "__program_header_table",
8005 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8013 const char* const *p
;
8016 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8017 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8020 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8022 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8024 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8025 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8027 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8029 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8031 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8037 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8038 dynamic sections here. */
8041 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8042 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8044 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8048 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8051 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8053 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8054 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8056 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8059 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8061 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8063 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8065 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8066 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8067 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8069 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8070 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8072 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8073 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8075 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8078 /* Fill the stub. */
8080 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8082 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8084 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8090 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8093 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8094 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8095 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8096 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8097 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8098 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8100 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8103 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8104 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8106 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8107 only for the referenced symbol. */
8108 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8110 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8111 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8112 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8113 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8117 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8118 || h
->forced_local
);
8120 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8121 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8122 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8123 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8124 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8126 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8127 the symbols that need them. */
8128 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8129 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8134 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8135 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8136 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8139 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8141 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8147 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8149 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8152 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8155 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8160 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8162 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8163 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8165 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8166 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8167 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8168 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8169 appropriate addend. */
8170 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8172 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8173 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8174 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8176 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8177 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8180 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8181 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8182 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8186 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8187 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8192 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8193 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8194 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8195 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8196 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8197 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8198 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8200 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8201 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8204 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8206 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8207 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8208 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8210 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8212 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8213 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8215 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8216 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8218 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8220 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8222 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8223 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8224 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8225 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8227 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8229 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8230 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8231 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8232 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8236 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8237 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8238 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8242 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8243 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8244 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8246 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8247 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8248 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8250 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8251 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8253 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8254 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8256 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8257 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8258 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8259 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8261 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8265 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8266 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8267 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8272 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8275 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8276 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8277 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8278 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8282 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8283 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8285 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8286 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8288 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8291 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8292 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8293 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8295 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8296 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8297 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8299 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8300 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8301 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8304 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8305 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8306 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8308 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8309 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8310 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8313 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8314 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8315 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8317 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8318 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8319 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8321 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8323 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8325 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8326 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8330 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8336 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8338 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8339 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8340 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8351 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8352 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8354 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8355 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8356 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8357 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8358 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8360 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8361 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8362 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8363 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8364 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8365 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8367 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8368 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8370 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8371 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8374 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8375 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8376 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8377 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8379 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8381 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8382 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8385 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8387 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8388 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8389 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8390 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8391 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8393 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8394 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8395 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8398 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8402 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8403 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8404 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8407 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8408 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8409 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8410 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8411 + sgot
->output_offset
8413 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8414 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8415 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8418 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8421 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8423 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8425 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8426 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8427 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8428 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8430 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8431 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8432 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8433 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8434 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8437 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8438 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8439 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8444 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8445 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8448 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8450 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8452 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8453 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8456 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8457 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8459 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8460 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8461 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8462 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8464 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8465 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8467 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8468 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8470 /* Install the PLT header. */
8471 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8472 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8479 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8480 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8481 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8482 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8485 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8487 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8488 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8490 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8491 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8492 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8494 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8495 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8496 in which symbols were output. */
8497 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8499 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8502 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8503 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8504 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8506 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8507 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8508 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8509 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8511 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8512 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8513 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8514 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8518 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8521 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8524 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8526 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8528 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8529 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8530 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8531 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8534 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8537 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8538 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8543 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8546 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8547 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8549 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8551 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8556 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8557 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8558 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8559 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8560 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8563 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8566 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8568 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8569 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8571 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8572 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8573 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8575 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8579 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8581 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8582 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8584 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8590 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8594 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8595 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8599 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8601 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8606 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8608 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8609 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8610 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8611 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8612 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8616 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8617 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8618 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8622 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8623 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8627 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8630 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8638 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8643 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8648 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8649 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8650 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8651 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8654 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8655 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8658 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8659 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8660 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8661 referenced within the same object. */
8662 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8665 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8666 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8668 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8671 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8672 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8673 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8675 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8677 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8678 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8679 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8681 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8684 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8685 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8688 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8689 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8692 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8693 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8694 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8695 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8699 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8700 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8702 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8706 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8707 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8711 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8712 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8716 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8717 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8718 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8722 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8724 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8726 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8732 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8733 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8734 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8735 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8745 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8746 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8747 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8751 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8756 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8757 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8758 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8761 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8763 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8765 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8766 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8767 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8768 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8769 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8770 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8771 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8773 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8774 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8775 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8777 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8781 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8782 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8783 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8784 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8785 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8786 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8791 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8792 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8794 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8795 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8797 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8800 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8801 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8803 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8805 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8806 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8808 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8809 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8810 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8811 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8816 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8818 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8819 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8820 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8821 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8822 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8825 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8830 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8831 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8834 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8837 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8839 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8841 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8842 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8843 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8845 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8848 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8849 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8851 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8857 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8858 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8859 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8860 are trailing null entries. */
8861 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8862 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8863 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8864 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8865 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8874 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8881 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
8883 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8885 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
8886 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
8890 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
8892 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
8893 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
8896 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
8897 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
8900 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
8901 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8902 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8905 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
8907 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
8908 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
8909 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
8910 htab
->function_stub_size
);
8915 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
8916 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
8917 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
8918 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
8919 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8921 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8923 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
8925 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8927 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8928 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8929 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
8930 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
8932 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8933 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
8934 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
8939 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
8942 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8944 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8950 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
8953 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
8957 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
8960 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
8961 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
8964 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
8965 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
8968 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
8969 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
8972 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
8973 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
8974 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
8975 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
8976 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
8979 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
8980 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
8983 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
8984 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
8987 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
8988 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
8991 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
8992 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
8995 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
8996 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
8999 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
9000 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9003 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9004 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9007 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9008 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9011 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9012 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9013 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9014 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9015 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9016 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9019 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9020 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9023 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9024 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9027 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9028 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9031 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9032 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9035 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9036 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9039 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9040 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9043 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9044 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9049 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9050 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9051 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9054 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9055 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9062 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9063 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9064 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9065 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9066 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9068 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9069 info for each special section. */
9070 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9071 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9074 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9077 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9078 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9080 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9083 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9084 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9085 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9086 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9087 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
9088 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9089 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9090 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9093 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9094 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9095 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9096 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9097 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
9098 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
9099 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9100 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9101 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9102 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9105 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9106 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9108 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9109 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9111 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9114 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9115 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9116 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9117 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9118 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
9119 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9120 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9123 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
9124 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
9125 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9127 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9129 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9130 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9137 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9141 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
9146 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9147 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9148 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9151 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9152 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9153 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9154 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9157 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9158 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9159 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9160 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9166 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9169 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9170 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9173 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9176 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9178 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9179 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9181 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9182 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9187 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9191 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9195 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9196 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9198 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9199 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9207 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9208 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9209 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9212 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9213 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9214 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9216 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9218 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9219 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9224 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9226 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9228 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9229 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9232 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9233 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9234 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9235 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9236 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9237 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9238 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9239 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9240 *pm
= options_segment
;
9245 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9247 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9248 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9249 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9250 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9251 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9253 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9254 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9259 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9263 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9265 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9270 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9278 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9279 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9280 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9290 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9291 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9293 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9295 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9298 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9300 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9301 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9302 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9303 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9304 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9306 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9307 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9311 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9313 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9315 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9319 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9323 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9325 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9326 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9333 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9339 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9340 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9342 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9345 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9346 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9353 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9355 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9357 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9371 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9375 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9376 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9377 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9378 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9379 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9381 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9385 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9387 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9388 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9392 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9394 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9395 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9396 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9398 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9399 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9407 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
9412 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9415 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9416 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9417 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9418 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9421 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9422 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9423 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9424 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9425 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9426 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9428 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9429 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9430 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9432 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9433 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9434 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9438 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9439 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9440 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9441 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9442 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9443 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9444 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9445 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9446 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9447 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9458 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9459 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9460 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9461 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9464 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9465 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9466 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9468 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9470 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9472 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9475 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9476 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9477 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9478 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9479 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9480 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9481 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9483 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9484 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9488 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9490 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9494 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9495 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9497 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9498 if (h
->forced_local
)
9500 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9502 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9503 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9504 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9505 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9509 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9510 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9512 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9513 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9514 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9515 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9516 the upper limit of global entries. */
9522 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9523 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9525 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9530 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9531 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9532 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9533 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9534 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9536 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9537 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9540 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9541 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9542 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9545 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9547 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9548 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9550 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9556 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9562 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9563 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9566 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9567 unsigned char *tdata
;
9570 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9575 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9577 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9578 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9581 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9585 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9593 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9594 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9596 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9598 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9607 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9608 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9614 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9615 free (cookie
->rels
);
9621 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9623 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9629 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
9632 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9635 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9638 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9642 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9643 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9645 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9647 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9650 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9653 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9654 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9658 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9659 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9661 struct mips_elf_find_line
9663 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9664 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9668 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9669 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9670 const char **filename_ptr
,
9671 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9672 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9676 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9677 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9681 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9682 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9683 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9684 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9687 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9691 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9692 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9693 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9695 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9696 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9697 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9698 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9699 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9700 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9702 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9705 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9708 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9709 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9711 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9714 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9718 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9720 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9724 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9725 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9726 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9727 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9729 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9732 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9733 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9734 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9735 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9736 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9737 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9738 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9742 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9743 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9744 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9745 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9746 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9747 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9750 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9751 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9754 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9758 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9761 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9763 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9764 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9769 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9770 const char **filename_ptr
,
9771 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9772 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9775 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9776 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9777 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9782 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9783 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9784 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9787 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9788 const void *location
,
9789 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9791 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9795 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9797 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9798 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9799 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9802 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9805 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9808 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9811 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9814 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9818 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9819 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9822 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9824 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9825 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9827 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9830 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9831 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9832 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9835 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9836 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
9842 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
9843 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
9846 /* read in the section */
9847 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
9848 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
9851 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
9855 if (reloc_count
< 0)
9858 if (reloc_count
> 0)
9863 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
9866 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
9867 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
9868 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
9869 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
9870 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
9874 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
9875 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9882 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9883 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9884 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9887 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9888 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9890 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
9892 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9893 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9895 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
9897 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9906 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
9908 char *error_message
= NULL
;
9909 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
9911 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
9912 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
9913 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9915 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
9916 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
9917 to the generic handling. */
9919 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
9920 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
9921 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
9922 input_section
, relocatable
,
9925 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
9927 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
9932 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
9934 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
9935 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
9939 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9943 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9944 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9945 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9946 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
9949 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
9950 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
9951 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9952 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9953 (*parent
)->address
)))
9956 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9957 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9959 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9960 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
9961 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
9964 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9973 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9974 free (reloc_vector
);
9978 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9979 free (reloc_vector
);
9983 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
9985 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
9986 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
9988 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
9989 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
9991 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
9995 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
9996 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
9997 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10004 /* We no longer use this. */
10005 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10006 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10008 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10009 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10010 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10011 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10012 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10013 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10014 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10015 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10016 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10017 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10018 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10020 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10021 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10022 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10024 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10027 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10029 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10030 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10032 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10034 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10037 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10039 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10040 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10045 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10046 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10047 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10050 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10053 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10054 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10055 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10056 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10057 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10058 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10059 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10060 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10061 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10066 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10068 static const char * const secname
[] =
10070 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10071 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10073 static const int sc
[] =
10075 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10076 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10079 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10080 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10081 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10083 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10084 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10088 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10089 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10091 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10092 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10093 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10094 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10095 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10098 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10099 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10102 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10103 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10104 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10105 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10107 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10108 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10109 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10110 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10113 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10114 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10116 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10118 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10119 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10120 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10121 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10122 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10123 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10124 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10125 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10126 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10127 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10128 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10129 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10131 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10133 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10135 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10136 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10138 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10141 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10142 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10146 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10147 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10148 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10152 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10154 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10156 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10157 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10158 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10160 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10162 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10164 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10165 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10166 the information together. */
10167 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10169 asection
*input_section
;
10171 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10174 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10176 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10181 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10182 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10184 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10185 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10188 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10190 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10191 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10192 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10193 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10194 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10196 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10197 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10198 finally written out. */
10200 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10201 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10202 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10205 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10206 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10208 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10209 matters, but someday it might). */
10210 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10215 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10217 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10220 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10221 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10222 the information together. */
10223 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10224 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10225 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10226 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10227 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10228 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10229 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10230 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10231 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10232 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10233 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10234 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10235 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10237 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10239 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10240 debug_info structure. */
10242 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10243 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10244 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10245 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10246 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10248 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10249 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10250 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10251 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10253 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10254 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10258 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10262 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10263 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10264 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10265 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10267 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10269 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10270 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10273 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10274 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10277 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10278 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10279 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10283 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10285 asection
*input_section
;
10287 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10288 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10292 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10294 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10299 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10300 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10302 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10303 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10304 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10306 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10307 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10308 want to deal with it. */
10312 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10313 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10315 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10317 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10318 read in the debugging information and set up an
10319 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10320 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10324 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10325 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10326 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10329 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10330 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10331 the linker global hash table and save the information
10332 for the output external symbols. */
10333 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10334 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10335 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10336 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10338 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10339 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10345 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10346 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10347 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10348 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10351 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10352 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10353 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10354 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10359 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10360 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10361 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10367 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10368 free (input_debug
.line
);
10369 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10370 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10371 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10372 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10373 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10374 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10375 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10376 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10377 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10378 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10380 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10381 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10382 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10385 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10387 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10388 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10389 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10391 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10392 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10394 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10397 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10402 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10408 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10411 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10413 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10414 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10415 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10419 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10420 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10422 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10423 matters, but someday it might). */
10424 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10429 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
10431 const char *subname
;
10434 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10437 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10438 information describing how the small data area would
10439 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10440 not used in executables files. */
10441 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10443 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10445 asection
*input_section
;
10447 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10449 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10454 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10456 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10457 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10458 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10461 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10462 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10463 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10465 /* Really remove the section. */
10466 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10467 --abfd
->section_count
;
10472 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10473 uninitialized data. */
10474 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10475 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10476 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10480 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10481 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10482 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10483 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10487 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10488 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10489 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10490 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10491 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10492 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10493 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10495 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10496 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10498 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10499 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10500 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10503 /* Set up the first entry. */
10505 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10506 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10509 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10510 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10512 /* Combine the input sections. */
10513 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10515 asection
*input_section
;
10517 bfd_size_type size
;
10518 unsigned long last
;
10519 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10521 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10523 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10528 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10529 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10531 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10532 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10533 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10534 size
= input_section
->size
;
10536 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10538 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10540 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10541 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10547 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10548 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10549 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10555 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10557 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10558 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10561 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10563 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10564 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10566 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10572 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10575 /* We need a new table entry. */
10576 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10577 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10578 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10584 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10585 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10587 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10588 value, since that will be implied by this new
10591 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10593 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10595 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10596 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10600 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10601 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10606 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10609 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10610 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10611 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10614 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10616 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10618 /* Swap out the table. */
10619 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10620 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10621 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10627 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10628 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10631 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10632 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10634 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10635 matters, but someday it might). */
10636 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10640 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10641 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10644 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10646 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10648 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10650 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10651 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10655 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10657 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10658 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10660 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10663 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10666 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10668 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10669 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10670 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10674 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10676 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10677 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10678 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10682 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10684 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10685 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10687 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10688 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10689 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10697 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10699 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10700 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10704 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10705 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10707 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10708 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10709 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10710 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10712 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10713 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10715 /* R10000 extensions. */
10716 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10718 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10719 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10720 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10721 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10722 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10723 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10724 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10726 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10727 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10728 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10729 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10730 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10731 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10733 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10734 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10735 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10737 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10738 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10739 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10740 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10741 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10742 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10743 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10744 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10746 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10747 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10749 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10750 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10751 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10753 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10754 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10755 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10759 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10762 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10766 if (extension
== base
)
10769 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10770 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10773 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10774 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10777 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10778 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10780 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10781 if (extension
== base
)
10789 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10792 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10794 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10795 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10796 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10797 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10798 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10799 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10800 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10804 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
10805 object file when linking. */
10808 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10810 flagword old_flags
;
10811 flagword new_flags
;
10813 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
10816 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
10817 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
10819 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10820 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10825 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10826 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10829 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
10831 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10832 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10837 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
10838 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10839 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
10841 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
10843 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
10844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
10845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10846 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
10848 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
10849 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
10851 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
10852 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10859 /* Check flag compatibility. */
10861 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10862 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10864 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
10865 doesn't seem to matter. */
10866 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10867 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10869 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
10870 just be able to ignore this. */
10871 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10872 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10874 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
10876 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
10877 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10878 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10880 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
10883 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
10884 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
10885 actually cause any incompatibility. */
10886 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
10888 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
10889 which are automatically generated by gas. */
10890 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
10891 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
10893 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
10894 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
10895 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
10897 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
10901 if (null_input_bfd
)
10906 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
10907 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
10909 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10910 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
10915 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
10916 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
10917 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
10918 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
10920 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10921 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10923 /* Compare the ISAs. */
10924 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
10926 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10927 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
10931 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
10933 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
10934 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10936 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
10937 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
10938 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
10939 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
10940 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10941 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
10942 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10944 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
10945 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
10946 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
10947 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
10948 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10949 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10953 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
10954 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10955 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10957 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
10958 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
10963 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10964 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10966 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
10967 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
10968 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
10969 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10970 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10972 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
10973 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10974 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10975 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10977 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10978 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10980 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
10981 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
10984 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10985 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10988 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
10989 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
10991 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10993 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10994 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10997 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
10998 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11000 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11001 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11002 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11003 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11009 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11016 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11019 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11021 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11022 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11024 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11025 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11030 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11034 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11036 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11037 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11039 /* xgettext:c-format */
11040 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11042 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11043 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11044 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11045 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11046 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11047 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11048 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11049 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11050 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11051 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11052 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11053 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11054 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11055 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11057 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11059 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11060 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
11061 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11062 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
11063 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11064 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
11065 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11066 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
11067 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11068 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
11069 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11070 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
11071 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11072 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
11073 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11074 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
11075 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11076 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
11078 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11080 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11081 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
11083 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11084 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
11086 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11087 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
11089 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11091 fputc ('\n', file
);
11096 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11098 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11099 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11100 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11101 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11102 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11103 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11104 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11107 /* Ensure that the STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other,
11108 even if this is not a defintion of the symbol. */
11110 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11111 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11112 bfd_boolean definition
,
11113 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11116 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11117 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11120 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11121 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11123 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11125 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;